बोध पायम prabodh course -...
Post on 21-Sep-2019
3 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
1
बोध पायम
PRABODH COURSE कट 1 KIT 1
पाठ 1 स 25
Lesson - 1 to 25
अगत - कट - August - KIT
क य हद शण सथान
पाचार पायम कध (हद)
राजभाषा वभाग गह मालय
2-ए पवीराज रोड नई दल-110011
Central Hindi Training Institute
CORRESPONDENCE COURSE WING (HINDI)
Department of Official Language
Ministry of Home Affairs
2-A Prithvi Raj Road
New Delhi-110011
Email-adptracharchti-dolnicin
Phone No 011-23017203
Fax No 011-23017203
To download this Kit
httpchtirajbhashagovin960021
2
CONTENTS
SNo
1 From the Directors Desk
2 A Word with the Student
3 Script Chart
4 Chapter on lsquolsquoThorough comprehension of Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrsquorsquo
Supplementary Material
5 Lessons 1 - 25
3
FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK
Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)
Central Hindi Training Institute
Department of Official Language
(Ministry of Home Affairs)
2-A Prithvi Raj Road
New Delhi-110011
Dear Trainee
You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course
You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will
receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the
last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be
mailed to you in the first week of every month
Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to
be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather
greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is
only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are
able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for
improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-
Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you
in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time
of final examination
I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for
the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work
and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch
may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete
the prescribed course in time
Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our
programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use
it more and more in your official work
Yours Sincerely
(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)
Director
4
A WORD WITH THE STUDENT
(Guidelines for Study)
Dear Student
Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our
teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning
a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or
carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might
have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory
progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in
attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will
help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you
regular and proper guidance
WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN
You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly
despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective
response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever
necessary
(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one
month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a
particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the
lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are
concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist
of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice
material
(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-
sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by
you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of
learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These
response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material
and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets
are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for
evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt
5
(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be
accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever
necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to
various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic
vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms
charts of sentence patterns etc
PATTERNS OF LESSONS
Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a
month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of
study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do
not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements
Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that
sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with
the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets
and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult
and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage
There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches
HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION
For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a
position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have
however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through
corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words
as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the
sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained
in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of
new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the
pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary
portion
At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for
pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct
and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the
words and sentences
You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi
specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
2
CONTENTS
SNo
1 From the Directors Desk
2 A Word with the Student
3 Script Chart
4 Chapter on lsquolsquoThorough comprehension of Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrsquorsquo
Supplementary Material
5 Lessons 1 - 25
3
FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK
Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)
Central Hindi Training Institute
Department of Official Language
(Ministry of Home Affairs)
2-A Prithvi Raj Road
New Delhi-110011
Dear Trainee
You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course
You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will
receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the
last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be
mailed to you in the first week of every month
Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to
be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather
greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is
only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are
able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for
improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-
Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you
in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time
of final examination
I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for
the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work
and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch
may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete
the prescribed course in time
Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our
programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use
it more and more in your official work
Yours Sincerely
(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)
Director
4
A WORD WITH THE STUDENT
(Guidelines for Study)
Dear Student
Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our
teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning
a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or
carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might
have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory
progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in
attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will
help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you
regular and proper guidance
WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN
You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly
despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective
response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever
necessary
(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one
month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a
particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the
lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are
concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist
of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice
material
(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-
sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by
you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of
learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These
response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material
and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets
are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for
evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt
5
(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be
accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever
necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to
various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic
vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms
charts of sentence patterns etc
PATTERNS OF LESSONS
Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a
month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of
study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do
not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements
Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that
sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with
the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets
and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult
and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage
There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches
HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION
For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a
position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have
however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through
corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words
as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the
sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained
in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of
new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the
pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary
portion
At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for
pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct
and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the
words and sentences
You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi
specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
3
FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK
Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)
Central Hindi Training Institute
Department of Official Language
(Ministry of Home Affairs)
2-A Prithvi Raj Road
New Delhi-110011
Dear Trainee
You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course
You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will
receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the
last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be
mailed to you in the first week of every month
Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to
be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather
greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is
only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are
able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for
improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-
Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you
in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time
of final examination
I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for
the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work
and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch
may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete
the prescribed course in time
Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our
programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use
it more and more in your official work
Yours Sincerely
(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)
Director
4
A WORD WITH THE STUDENT
(Guidelines for Study)
Dear Student
Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our
teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning
a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or
carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might
have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory
progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in
attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will
help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you
regular and proper guidance
WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN
You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly
despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective
response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever
necessary
(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one
month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a
particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the
lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are
concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist
of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice
material
(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-
sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by
you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of
learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These
response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material
and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets
are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for
evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt
5
(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be
accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever
necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to
various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic
vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms
charts of sentence patterns etc
PATTERNS OF LESSONS
Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a
month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of
study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do
not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements
Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that
sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with
the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets
and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult
and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage
There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches
HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION
For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a
position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have
however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through
corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words
as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the
sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained
in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of
new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the
pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary
portion
At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for
pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct
and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the
words and sentences
You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi
specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
4
A WORD WITH THE STUDENT
(Guidelines for Study)
Dear Student
Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our
teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning
a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or
carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might
have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory
progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in
attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will
help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you
regular and proper guidance
WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN
You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly
despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective
response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever
necessary
(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one
month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a
particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the
lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are
concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist
of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice
material
(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-
sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by
you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of
learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These
response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material
and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets
are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for
evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt
5
(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be
accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever
necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to
various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic
vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms
charts of sentence patterns etc
PATTERNS OF LESSONS
Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a
month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of
study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do
not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements
Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that
sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with
the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets
and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult
and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage
There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches
HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION
For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a
position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have
however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through
corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words
as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the
sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained
in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of
new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the
pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary
portion
At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for
pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct
and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the
words and sentences
You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi
specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
5
(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be
accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever
necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to
various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic
vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms
charts of sentence patterns etc
PATTERNS OF LESSONS
Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a
month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of
study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do
not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements
Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that
sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with
the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets
and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult
and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage
There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches
HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION
For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a
position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have
however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through
corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words
as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the
sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained
in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of
new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the
pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary
portion
At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for
pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct
and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the
words and sentences
You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi
specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
6
occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films
wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides
wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi
speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi
Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations
At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL
CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central
Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we
intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in
order to tackle individual problems
In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words
transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of
Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of
Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound
is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained
seperately in this chapter
HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS
First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension
of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a
broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference
Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce
the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY
TO PRONUNCIATION
Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound
combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and
sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script
alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch
over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the
pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion
Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these
letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters
and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the
Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the
letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
7
THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE
TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS
Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi
sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain
or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have
already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous
lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding
from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to
assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through
examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the
section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and
reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to
assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo
contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi
sounds in various combinations
HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS
While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to
prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a
practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-
sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from
there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already
learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will
help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real
performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our
teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and
guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary
material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the
response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and
if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot
your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance
The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post
within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be
returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and
guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-
SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
8
RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will
only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might
adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and
difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries
along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended
to
IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS
MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE
ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE
COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER
Important Information
Date of Submission of examination form
Date of examinations 3rd week of May
Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within
fifteen days
It is necessary for internal evaluation
Examination Fee
Rs 10000 for PRABODH
Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN
Rs 10000 for PRAGYA
In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-
Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New
Delhi
Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
9
पाठ Lesson - 1
Script - Chart
Hindi Alphabets
वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ
VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ
यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड
CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ढ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
सयत यजन
Conjunct Consonants
Or Compound Consonants
Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़
Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)
Language (ArabicPersian)
From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
10
पाठ Lesson ndash 2
PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS
अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष
Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced
औरand औरand औरand औरand
अपाण महााण अपाण महााण
Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated
Nasal
कय क ख ग घ ङ
Gutturals ka kha ga gha na
तालय च छ ज झ ञ
Palatals cha chha ja jha na
मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण
Cerebrals ta tha da dha na
दय त थ द ध न
Dentals ta tha da dha na
ओय प फ ब भ म
Labials pa pha ba bha ma
अतथ यजनअधवर
य र ल व -
Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa
ऊमवण श ष स -
Sibilants sha sha sa
महााण ह - - -
Aspirated ha
सयत यजन
Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra
Consonant
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
11
पाठLesson ndash 3
Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds
and
Roman Transliteration
Devanagari
Alphabets
Vowels(Svar)
sign(matra) Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation
with examples
1 2 3 4
अ - has no sign It
is always written
as a full vowel
अ is inherent in
all the
consonants in
Hindi (क + अ) =
क (ka)
a Sound of lsquoursquo as in
cutbut Hindi words
when lsquoअrsquo comes in the
beginning eg - अब
(ab) अमर (amar) अगर
(Agar) in the middle
eg-सअर (suar)
आ (-T) The sign
(matra) is written
on the right side
of the letter as
क + आ(-T) = का
(ka)
a(aa) Sound of aas in
father ratherwater
Hindi words when आ
comes in the beginning
eg-आम(am) आग (ag)
other places ndashपआल दआ
बआ Hindi words where
its matra is used
काम(kam) नाम (nam)
राम (Ram) राग(rag)
नाग (nag)
इ ( ि ) The sign
is written on the
left side of the
letter as क + इ (
ि ) = क (ki)
i Sound of i as in
bitkitsit Hindi words
when इ comes in the
beginning- eg इस(is)
इनाम(inam) इनकार
(inkar)Other places
आइदा नाइन साइकल
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
12
बइजत Hindi Words
when its matra is used
- कम (kim)दन(din)
तल (til)
Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes
longer sound
1 2 3 4
ई ( ी ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as
क + ई(ी)=क (ki)
i(ee) Sound of i as in
keenreel Hindi words
when ई comes in
beginning- eg - ईद(id)
ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other
places ndash आईना सईदा
नाई बआई Hindi words
when its matra is used-
कल (kil) मील(mil)
उ ( ) The sign is
written below the
letter as क + उ
()= क (ku)
u Sound of u as in put
full pull Hindi words
when उ comes in the
beginning eg- उसमान
(usman)उगाना(ugana)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- कल (kul)
कसम (kusum) मकल
(mukul) Note The
consonant र is an
exception as far as the
use of its matra
concerned In र it will
be written as as in
क (ruk) पया (rupaya)
ख (rukh)
ऊ () The sign is
written below the
u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in
rootroom Hindi words
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
13
letter as क + उ
()= क (kukoo)
when ऊ comes Hindi
words when its matra is
used- मल (mul mool)
धल(dhuldhool)
Note With र it will be
written as and not
as र प (ruproop) स
(rus roos) in the
beginning eg-ऊन
(un)
1 2 3 4
ऋ () The sign is written
below the letter as क
+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)
ri It is a short Sound of र as
pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is
used only in words of Sanskrit
origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes
in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत
(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its
matra is used- कष (krishi) कत
(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)
ए ( ) The sign is
written above the
letter as क + ए () =
क (ke)
e Sound of a as in make famelady
Hindi words when ए comes in the
beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक
(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words
when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश
(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)
ऐ () The sign is written
above the letter as क
+ ऐ( )= क (kai)
ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle
banglewrangle rackJack Hindi
words when ऐ comes in the
beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक
(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is
used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला
(Thaila) मदान (maidan)
ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
14
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)
onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo
when comes in the beginning eg-
ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi
words when its matra is used- मोर
(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर
(thokar)
औ (- ौ) The sign is
written on the right
side of the letter as क
+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)
au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb
Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes
in the beginning eg- और (aur)
औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi
words when its matra is used- नौका
(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा
(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)
मौन (maun)
1 2 3 4
अ () The Sign is written
aboveaman the letter as
क+अ() = क
(k+ank+am) Note The ()
(Anusvara) can now
represent all the five nasal
consonants when required
to be written half ie ()
can replace ञ ण न
and म as गगागगा
मजनमजन अडाअडा
बदरबदर कबलकबल
अ() (Anusvara) is
pronounced some what
like ngrsquo as in
singhlong bring Hindi
words when अ comes
in the beginning eg-
अगर(angur) अग (ang)
Hindi words when its
matra is used- चदा
(chanda) सीग (Sing)
बदर(bandar)
सयम(samyam sanyam)
हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा
(Lamba)
अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is
written after the letter as क
+ अ () = क (kah)
ah lsquorsquo is pronounced
somewhat like ah as in
hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never
written as a full letter in
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
15
Hindi It never comes in
the beginning of a word
Only sign (matra) or
consonantal form () is
used in some of the
words of Sanskrit origin
A few Hindi words when
its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg
- अत (atah) नम
(namah) ात (pratah)
ाय (prayah) पन
(punah)
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
16
पाठLesson ndash 4
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonant
s) Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteratio
n
Roman Pronunciation with examples
क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen
keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल
(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक
(namak)
ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर
(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)
ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi
words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)
गम (garm) गला (gala)
घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-
घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)
ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-
अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)
च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-
चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)
चोर (chor)
छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other
words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती
(chhati)
ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)
जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)
झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)
Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड
(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)
ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi
words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन
(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)
ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर
(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
17
ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर
(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)
ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग
(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)
ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)
Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi
words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण
(paramaNu)
त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near
Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi
words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)
तना (tana)
थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन
(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)
कथा (katha)
द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi
words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम
(dam)
ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other
words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)
धागा (dhaga)
न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi
words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक
(namak) नाटा (naTa)
प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-
पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)
फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-
फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)
ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
18
Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा
(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)
भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय
(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)
म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman
Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर
(mandir) मामा (mama)
य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-
यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)
नयन (nayan)
र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस
(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)
Note The different forms of र are explained
in the pages ahead
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -
लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर
(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)
व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory
Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)
वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)
श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi
words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश
(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)
ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in
Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -
षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)
स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is
identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब
(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
19
(sukha) साल (sal)
ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi
words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी
(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना
(hilana)
ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is
compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)
= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly
Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)
(kshetr)
tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a
place) It is also a compound consonant with
the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms
prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather
quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)
माा (matra) याा (yatra)
jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a
compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +
ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya
Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)
वान(Vigyanvijnan)
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is
also a compound consonant with the sound of
श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When
pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in
borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi
wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)
ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)
consonants They are pronounced by curling
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
20
the tip of the tongue backwards and by
flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the
top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as
pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other
Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई
(laRai)
ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in
Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -
गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़
never occur in the beginning of a word
क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words (through urdu) as fricative consonant
but now in general replaced by क only
ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian
words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार
(akhabar) It is fricative consonant
pronounced with friction of breathe
ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and
Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)
ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative
consonant
ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)
ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative
sound
Devanagari
Alphabets
(Consonants)
Vyanjan
Roman
Transliteration
Roman Pronunciation with examples
फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as
Arabic and Persian words like - fat father
फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)
Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
21
now restricted to the learned only as also
when the correct pronunciation or
transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or
English words is desired
In common speech they are usually replaced
by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and
फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu
language and their phonetic sound is
generally similar to ka kha ga
ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like
Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)
copy(कॉपी) etc
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
22
पाठ Lesson ndash 5
Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
अ
आ
इ
ई
उ
ऊ
ऋ
ए
ऐ
ओ
औ
अ
अ
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
23
पाठ Lesson ndash 6
Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)
Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape
क
ख
ग
घ
ड़
च
छ
ज
झ
ञ
ट
ठ
ड
ढ
ण
त
थ
द
ध
न
प
फ
ब
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
24
भ
म
य
र
ल
व
श
ष
स
ह
ड़
ढ़
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
25
पाठ Lesson ndash 7
Formation of words with two Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
क + ल = कल kal
ख + ग = खग khag
ग + ज = गज gaj
घ + र = घर ghar
ड No word starts with this letter
च + ख = चख chakh
छ + त = छत chhat
ज + ल = जल jal
झ + ट = झट jhaT
ञ No word starts with this letter
ट + प = टप Tap
ठ + ग = ठग Thag
ड + र = डर Dar
ड़ No word starts with this letter
ढ + क = ढक Dhak
ढ़ No word starts with this letter
ण No word starts with this letter
त + न = तन tan
थ + ल = थल thal
द + र = दर dar
ध + न = धन dhan
न + ल = नल nal
प + ग = पग pag
फ + ल = फल phal
ब + ल = बल bal
भ + य = भय bhay
म + न = मन man
य + = य YajnaYagya
र + थ = रथ rath
ल + ट = लट laT
व + न = वन van
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
26
श + त = शत shat
ष + ट = षट ShaT
स + = स satra
+ म = म shram
ह + म = हम ham
+ य = य kshay
+ य = य tray
- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )
ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
27
पाठ Lesson ndash 8
Formation of words with three Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh
क + ल + श = कलश kalash
ख + न + क = खनक khanak
ग + र + ल = गरल garal
घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak
च + म + क = चमक chamak
छ + त + र = छतर chhatar
ज + न + क = जनक janak
झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak
ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal
ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak
ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar
त + र + ल = तरल taral
थ + प + क = थपक thapak
द + म + क = दमक damak
ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval
न + म + क = नमक namak
प + ल + क = पलक palak
फ + स + ल = फसल phasal
ब + च + त = बचत bachat
भ + र + त = भरत bharat
म + ट + र = मटर maTar
य + व + न = यवन yavan
र + म + न = रमन raman
ल + व + ण = लवण lavan
व + च + न = वचन vachan
श + ह + द = शहद shahad
स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak
ह + व + न = हवन havan
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
28
पाठ Lesson ndash 9
Formation of words with Four Alphabets
Roman Transliteration
अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar
क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal
क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal
क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal
क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav
ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan
त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash
द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal
न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT
प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR
प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT
ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan
म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal
श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat
स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam
ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
29
पाठ Lesson ndash 10
Alphabets in Lexical Order
In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order
वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई
उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
यजन - क ख ग घ ङ
च छ ज झ ञ
ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण
त थ द ध न
प फ ब भ म
य र ल व
श ष स ह
Words in Lexical Order
अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख
उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध
कठ कल ण खग गरम घर
चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक
टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक
त तट य थल
दस धन नगर पाच
पर फल बचत भवन मन
यश रस लहर वन
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
30
पाठ Lesson ndash 11
Vowels and their Signs (Matra)
Vowels Sign
(Matra)
Mode of writing
अ क + अ क
आ T क + आ
का
इ ि क + इ
क
ई ी क + ई
क
उ क + उ
क
ऊ क + ऊ
क
ऋ क + ऋ
क
ए क + ए
क
ऐ क + ऐ
क
ओ ो क + ओ
को
औ ौ क + औ
कौ
अ क + अ
क
अ
क + अ
क
Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant
takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
31
पाठ Lesson ndash 12
माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)
क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क
ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख
ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग
घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ
च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च
छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ
ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज
झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ
ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट
ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ
ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड
ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ
त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त
थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ
द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द
ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध
न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न
प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प
फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ
ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब
भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ
म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म
य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य
र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र
ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल
व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व
श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श
ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष
स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स
ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह
ा ी - ो ौ
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
32
ा ी - ो ौ
ा ी - ो ौ
Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा
तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
33
पाठ Lesson ndash 13
Words with vowel Signs
अ (T)
नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात
दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा
कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा
छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना
झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा
इ (ि )
दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज
गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई
म सतार पछला वध लखना
दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल
कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर
ई (ी )
दन चील माल दद शीतल
पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क
तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा
जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा
छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत
उ ( )
खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी
दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा
तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद
चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना
मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत
ऊ ( )
मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण
चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन
दसरा माल फल कदना प
जर लटना सती छना कप
जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
34
ए ( )
मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला
मज जल चतावनी बल बसन
उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर
आदश सना दवालय सरश सब
नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी
ऐ ( )
मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी
पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान
ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच
कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर
कलाश मी नतक बठक भया
ओ ( ो )
धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन
कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा
शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना
मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह
रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार
औ ( ौ )
मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और
कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर
सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत
सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका
कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत
अ ( )
अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी
अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक
अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा
अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर
अबर कबल गगा दड पतग
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
35
अ ()
आख आधी जाच दात पाच
अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना
आचल कापना हसना धधला बास
आगन चाद सास धआ बाध
अः ( )
अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
36
पाठ Lesson ndash 14
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I
In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are
arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also
introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns
अ आ (T) ई (ी )
ए () ऐ ( )
प म य व ल
ब क त न ज ह
Vocabulary
NOUNS
कमल kamal lotus
कलम (f) kalam pen
आम am mango
कान kan ear
नाक (f ) nak nose
नाम nam name
नाव nav boat
मकान makan house
तालाब talab pond
कापी (f ) kapi note book
पानी pani water
ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor
जहाज jahaz ship
कला kela banana
मज (f) mez table
वह
वह
कमल
या
ह
ह
यहवह आपका मकान ह
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
37
Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian
languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ
There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You
are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine
nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones
PRONOUNS
यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer
objectsthingspersons
वह vah hesheit used to denote distant
objectsthingspersons
हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First
Person
Singular म ndash (I)
आप ap you (honorific)
या kya what
कोई koi someoneanyone
कतना kitna how much
ADJECTIVES
नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान
(naya makan)
new house
नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी
(nayi kapi)
new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)
new table
आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम
(apka) (nam) your name
आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki
mez) your table
VERB
ह hai is
ADVERBS AND PARTICLES
हा han yes
नह nahin no
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
38
या kya what
जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)
STRUCTUREGRAMMAR
When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
39
पाठ Lesson ndash 15
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II
In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed
in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in
this lesson as shown on the right side
Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns
इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )
ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )
म
कताब
कमल
सदाशवन
मज पर
तालाब म
ह
ह
ह
Consonants
Vocabulary
Nouns
कमरा kamra room
काम kam work
खाना khana food
दध dudh milk
बाजार bazar bazarmarket
प patr letter
बहन bahan sister
लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )
लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)
कायालय karyalay office
म kram order
कष krishi agriculture
मालय mantralay ministry
मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle
म mitr friend
र स ख ख़
ग श द ध
ड ड़ ढ ढ़
गोपाल
मोहन
हद
बाजार
सीखता
ह
जा रहा
ह
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
40
मल mil to meet
साड़ी saRi saree
कल skul school
उपहार uphar gift
Pronouns
म main I
तम tum you
कौन kaun who
व ve they he(hon)
य ye these he(hon)
Adjectives
आठ aTh eight
नौ nau nine
मरा mera my
हमारा hamara our
Verbs
आना ana to come
करना karna to do
काम करना kam karna to work
खरदना kharedna to buy
खाना khana to eat
पढ़ना paRhna to read to study
पढ़ाना paRhana to teach
पीना pina to drink
रहना rahna to live
लाना lana to bring
लखना likhna to write
सखाना sikhana to teach
सीखना sikhana to learn
lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent
to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the
word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary
section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
41
that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without
infinitive suffix) eg ndash
आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना
खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना
AdverbsParticles
आज aj today
आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock
इस समय is samay now at present
और aur and
दर स der se late
भी bhi also
रात को rat ko at night
रोज roz daily
शाम को sham ko in the evening
सबह subah morning
Post position
म men in
पर par on
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
42
पाठ Lesson ndash 16
Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III
In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on
the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side
Consonants Sentence Patterns
च ट ठ ष ण
ङ फ फ़ ञ घ
थ भ झ छ
रामलाल (त) यहा आ
मोहन (तम) यहा आओ
पता जी (आप) यहा आइए
Vocabulary
Nouns
अखबार akhbar newspaper
अयापक adhyapak teacher
अयास abhyas practice
चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)
चाय (f) chay tea
टोकर (f) Tokri basket
डाक (f) dak post
तार tar telegram
दतर daphtar office
दवा (f) dava medicine
नद (f) nadi river
नौकर naukar servant
वभाग vibhag department
भाई bhai brother
Adjectives
बहत दर bahut dur very far
काफ kafi enough
खश khush happy
मोहन को बलाओ
म कलम स लखता ह
यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
43
नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed
परशान pareshan disturbed
Verbs
गाना gana to sing
नकलना nikalana to come out
म करना prem karna to love
बनना banna to be made
बलाना bulana to call
साफ करना saf karna to clean
सनना sunna to hear
Adverbs
अदर andar inside
अब ab now
आजकल ajkal now-a-days
कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes
कस kaise how
दर dur distant far
न na no isnrsquot
बाहर bahar outside
मत mat donrsquot
सबह (को) subah in the morning
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
44
पाठ Lesson ndash 17
Nasalisation Mark
Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash
क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more
details)
Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal
sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the
air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously
It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-
हा han yes
When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only
by a dot above the top line eg-
ह hain are
नह nahin no
Conjunct Letters
Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या
या kya what
Notes on Conjuncts
Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters
are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are
formed mainly by three modes
(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल
(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters
+ य = य eg- पाय
(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त
The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below
categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
45
Mode
of
change
Full form
of letters
ie
consonants
plus अ
Modified
form of
letters ie
consonants
minus अ
Word Roman
Transliteration
Meaning
a) Long
vertical
lines of
letters
are
dropped
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
ख
ग
घ
च
ज
ण
त
थ
ध
न
प
ब
भ
म
य
ल
व
श
ष
स
मय
यारह
वन
अछा
राय
झडी
झडी
झडा
झडा
का
तय
यान
बद
यास
डबा
सय
तहारा
अयर
जद
याकरण
नाता
शय
सता
mukhy
gyarah
vighn
achcha
rajya
jhanDi
jhanDa
kutta
tathy
dhyan
band
pyas
Dibba
sabhy
tumhara
ayyar
jaldi
vyakaran
nashta
shiSy
sasta
important
eleven
obstacle
good
state
flag
dog
fact
attention
close
thirst
box
civilized
your
(a surname)
quickly
grammar
breakfast
disciple
cheap
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
46
b) Letters
with round
bottoms
take a
slanting
stroke ()
at the
bottom
c) The tails
of क and फ
are cut
short or
cutting the
right curve
ट
ठ
ड
द
ह
क
फ
क
फ
चठ
पाय-पतक
बढा
वया
चन
या
दतर
chiTThi
paThy-
pustak
buDDha
vidya
chihn
kya
daftar
Letter
Text book
Old man
Learning
Sign
What
office
Other Combinations
पका योय बचा रा गढा
धनाय भा अययन अन शद
अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम
नट हसा लय वत कपना
काय पय बध
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
47
पाठ Lesson ndash 18
FORMS OF र
र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It
assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows
The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is
spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to
avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)
सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)
Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not
followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half
Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is
being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस
चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी
IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र
happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on
the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming
after it
Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस
When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half
consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends
in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke
below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)
lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please
note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo
and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half
But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded
consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द
ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)
reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English
spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t
preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
48
पाठ Lesson ndash 19
PRESENT INDICATIVE
Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative
sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-
(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book
यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table
यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water
(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen
वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book
वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table
वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water
(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen
यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house
यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat
यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket
(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango
वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond
वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship
वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
1 Two uses of या
Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding
या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the
sentence
(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what
यह या ह yah kay hai What is this
वह या ह vah kya hai What is that
(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is
interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern
Is
या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
49
2 Interrogation by intonation
Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such
cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the
sentences
यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango
जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
50
पाठ Lesson ndash 20
AffirmativeNegative Sentences
हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote
respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह
lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -
रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी
The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by
using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-
1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table
जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table
2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house
जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house
3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango
जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a
mango
यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana
4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen
जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen
नह ह nahin hai It is a note book
यह कापी ह yah kapi hai
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
51
पाठ Lesson ndash 21
Adjective amp Gender
Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives
changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun
यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house
वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table
यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house
वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table
आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name
या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house
You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and
आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change
into ई
Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures
1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo
Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes
lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the
end of a word
Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka
In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle
of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman
transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka
2 Stress in Hindi
Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed
language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi
Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-
(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज
(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last
but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
52
(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall
on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the
stress is on क and not on लम
3 Marks of Punctuation
The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop
() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English
4 Word Order
In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end
of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as
follows-
Sub Object Verb
यह कलम ह
5 Articles in Hindi
Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English
This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
53
पाठ Lesson ndash 22
PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the
verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person
यह कलम ह
Subject complement verb
Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and
numbers
तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you
म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan
म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr
Madhavs son
यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha
यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister
सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he
वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal
वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend
गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he
व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher
व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan
रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where
are you
जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here
सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he
य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal
uncle
मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a
great leader
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
54
पाठ Lesson ndash 23
SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT
You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the
following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb
agreement shown in this table
Person
Singular
PluralHonorific
Ist
Person
IInd
Person
IIIrd
Person
म ह I am
त ह You are
वह ह He
She is
It
हम ह we are
तम हो you are
व ह They are (Plural)
SheHe is (hon)
Use of त तम आप and कौन
1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम
and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a
single person as well
2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to
one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since
this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally
avoided and is in limited use
3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals
who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where
formality or politeness is not wanted
4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is
extensively used in speech or conversation
5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-
a वह कौन ह
b व कौन ह
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
55
पाठ Lesson ndash 24
Attributes
Read the following sentences
अछा (good)
मरा (my)
यह उसका (hisher) घर ह
आपका (your)
राम का (your)
In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका
are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar
functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo
Moreover all the them being
ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern
to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका
लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)
-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi
(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes
into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-
आपका नाम Your name
आपक कताब Your book
मरा मकान My house
मर मज़ My table
रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son
जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter
(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns
masculine feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
लडक़ा (boy)
कमरा
(room)
लडक (boys)
कमर (rooms)
लडक़ (girl)
कापी (note-
book)
लडक़या (girls)
कापया (note-
books)
Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement
Adj Noun
आपका लड़का (msing) Your son
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
56
आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons
आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter
आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters
Similarly
मरा कमरा My room
मर कमर My rooms
मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book
मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books
(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर
before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when
honorific plural nouns follows
मर भाई My brothers
आपक बच Your children
मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)
सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle
Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of
their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows
-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns
-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns
-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural
nouns
Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on
1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -
(i) म in
नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat
नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the
water
(ii) पर on
कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book
कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the
table
You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in
and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they
have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are
called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions
as they denote location
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
57
पाठ Lesson ndash 25
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
A ndashता ह FORM
Read the following sentences
मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai
Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock
रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai
Rahman works in the mill
The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense
form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह
Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense
Singular PluralHonorifie
Masc Fem Masc Fem
म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह
त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो
वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह
जाती ह
जाती हो
जाती ह
Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns
मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school
वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school
every day
सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay
men rahti hai Nagar
वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry
men kam karti hai of Railways
सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi
sikhate hain
तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live
म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini
rahta hun Nagar
तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live
म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar
rahti hun
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
58
आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do
हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the
morning
हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at
night
Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc
undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the
subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern
NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT
Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)
and (B)
Category (A) Category (B)
लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता
व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत
सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती
सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती
You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense
(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and
हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)
of the main verb is nasalized eg-
व जाती ह व नह जाती
व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती
व बात करती ह व बात नह करती
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
B ndashरहा ह FORMS
Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning
म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every
day
म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha
hun Hindi at the
moment
गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at
hai eight o clock
वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late
khana kharaha hai today
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
59
Singular PluralHonorific
m f m f
Ist Person
IInd Person
IIIrd Person
म
त
वहयह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रहा ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
हम
तम
आप
वय
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
जा रह हो
जा रह ह
जा रह ह
RECAPITULATION
You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-
1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES
यहवह
कलम
कापी
मज़
नाव
ज़मीन
ह
यहवह या ह
या यह वह कलम ह
3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES
जी हा यहवह कलम ह
4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES
जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह
5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-
यह मज़ ह
यह नई मज़ ह
यह आपक नई मज़ ह
PRONUNCIATION DRILL
1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire
correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation
and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a
native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin
attentively
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
60
2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and
repeat them about half a dozen times
Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words
introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the
letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that
you can pronounce and recognise them without strain
Initial Medial Final
अ अब कमल
अमल नमक
अपना कलम
आ आम काम कला
आन आम मना
आज काल जमा
ई ईनाम कल नाई
ईख मीन काई
ईद नीम आई
ए एक नक नाल
एकक मल ताल
एकता बल काल
ऐ ऐन हरान ह
ऐब पना
ऐनक मना
या या -
वाय
(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast
अ आ क ह
अपना
मन
जन
आप
मान
जान
कल
कम
काल
हल
हम
हाल
(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast
ए ऐ व ब
बल
मल
ह ह
बल
मल
वन
वह
वला
बन
बहन
बला
top related